5th grade literacy curriculum guide module 4 2014 … · 5th grade literacy curriculum guide module...

43
1 5 th Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 4 2014-2015 Unit Name: America in Conflict Module 4: (Number of Days ) TLI Reading Focus: Informational Unit Overview: Students understand how a series of events can affect the future as they analyze the events that lead to the assassination of a president. Performance Task: Students read several accounts of an event in history. They will analyze the event from several historical figures’ perspectives. Students will write an essay comparing and contrasting the events. Essential Questions: Did John Wilkes Booth accomplish his goal? Which actions would have changed history have been changed? Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching: Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona, Delaware, North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education

Upload: dangnhi

Post on 30-Aug-2018

215 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

1

5th

Grade Literacy Curriculum Guide Module 4

2014-2015

Unit Name

America in Conflict Module 4 (Number of Days )

TLI Reading Focus Informational

Unit Overview

Students understand how a series of events can affect the future as they analyze the events that lead to the assassination

of a president

Performance Task

Students read several accounts of an event in history They will analyze the event from several historical figuresrsquo perspectives

Students will write an essay comparing and contrasting the events

Essential Questions

Did John Wilkes Booth accomplish his goal

Which actions would have changed history have been changed

Building Background Knowledge Prior to Teaching Please refer to the North Carolina Unpacked Standards

Explanations and Examples in this document are reference the Arizona Delaware North Carolina and Ohio Departments of Education

2

PBSD- Grade 5- Common Core- Module 4

Reading Complex Texts RLRI510

Writing About Texts W51-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W57-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W53-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln

by Patricia Polacco

Informational

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer by James L Swanson

Develop and Convey Understanding

for extended and short texts students will answer guiding questions

for Journeyrsquos texts students will write answers to Stop and Think questions as they read

Focus on Inform amp Explain

Compare and contrast the ways in which fictional and informational text treats historical events Summarize the events in each chapter of Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer

How do the symbols of America create patriotism and strength during times of conflicts

Summarize the high points in Lincolnrsquos life using the texts provided

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Choose a president and compose a historical narrative about the president (based on how a president responded to and was affected by a conflict during the presidency) Be sure to incorporate facts photos or documentsartifacts Create a brochure advertising the Fordrsquos theatre Consider how you would logically present the facts with relative descriptive details to support your opinion of why one might want to visit the theatre

Convey Experiences

Write an essay telling how the two characters (Lincoln and Douglass) are the same and how they are different

Write your own biography

Using your favorite chapter as a mentor text write your own retelling of a historical event using several sources

Literature Lincoln and Douglass

An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni

Literature Abersquos Honest Words

by Doreen Rappaport

Science

Social Studies Research various

primary sources for biographies

Art Slideshow of Abraham

Lincoln

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI51

Analyze Content RLRI52-9

SL52-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L51-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L54-6

Conduct Discussions SL51

Report Findings SL54-6

3

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

4

5th

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4

Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when

explaining what the text says explicitly

drawing inferences

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text

explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

chronology

comparison

causeeffect

problemsolution

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic

noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem

5

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

2

PBSD- Grade 5- Common Core- Module 4

Reading Complex Texts RLRI510

Writing About Texts W51-2 4-6 9-10

Research Project W57-9

RLRI51-10

Narrative Writing W53-610

5-9 Short Texts 1 Extended Text Routine Writing 3-5 Analyses 1 Research Project 2-3 Narratives Literature

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln

by Patricia Polacco

Informational

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer by James L Swanson

Develop and Convey Understanding

for extended and short texts students will answer guiding questions

for Journeyrsquos texts students will write answers to Stop and Think questions as they read

Focus on Inform amp Explain

Compare and contrast the ways in which fictional and informational text treats historical events Summarize the events in each chapter of Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer

How do the symbols of America create patriotism and strength during times of conflicts

Summarize the high points in Lincolnrsquos life using the texts provided

Integrate knowledge from sources when

composing

Choose a president and compose a historical narrative about the president (based on how a president responded to and was affected by a conflict during the presidency) Be sure to incorporate facts photos or documentsartifacts Create a brochure advertising the Fordrsquos theatre Consider how you would logically present the facts with relative descriptive details to support your opinion of why one might want to visit the theatre

Convey Experiences

Write an essay telling how the two characters (Lincoln and Douglass) are the same and how they are different

Write your own biography

Using your favorite chapter as a mentor text write your own retelling of a historical event using several sources

Literature Lincoln and Douglass

An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni

Literature Abersquos Honest Words

by Doreen Rappaport

Science

Social Studies Research various

primary sources for biographies

Art Slideshow of Abraham

Lincoln

For Reading and Writing in Each Module

Cite Evidence RLRI51

Analyze Content RLRI52-9

SL52-3

Study and Apply Grammar

L51-3 SL56

Study and Apply Vocabulary

L54-6

Conduct Discussions SL51

Report Findings SL54-6

3

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

4

5th

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4

Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when

explaining what the text says explicitly

drawing inferences

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text

explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

chronology

comparison

causeeffect

problemsolution

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic

noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem

5

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

3

Context for Instruction

Reading Workshop Block Schedule

Writing Workshop Block Schedule

Familiar or Independent Reading---15 minutes daily

Word StudymdashWhole Group---15-20 minutes daily

Book Talkmdash5 Minutes

Read AloudmdashWhole Group---15 minutes

Vocabulary Instruction ndash5-10 minutes (Tied to Read Aloud)

Strategy based reading mini-lessonmdash15 minutes

Reading Period

Language Standards (conventions)---Whole Group 10-15 minutes daily

Write AloudModeling ---Whole Group---20 Minutes

Strategy based writing mini-lesson using anchor text or passages

Writing Period

Teachers should follow this guide to plan daily literacy instruction Students must participate in daily reading and writing

Guided Reading

bull Small group meet with teacher

bull Comprehension focus

Literature Discussion

bull Student-led literature discussion

bull Teacher set purpose for learning and facilitate discussion

Independent Reading

bull Students Reading Independently

bull Students respond to text in reading response lognotebook

Guided Writing

bull Small Group meets with teacher

bull Writing focus

Independent Writing

bull Teacher sets purpose for writing

bull Students write independently for a minimum of 30 minutes

Conferencing

bull Teacher holds individual writing conferences for at least 3 students daily

4

5th

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4

Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when

explaining what the text says explicitly

drawing inferences

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text

explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

chronology

comparison

causeeffect

problemsolution

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic

noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem

5

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

4

5th

Grade ELA Checklist for Module 4

Standards Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when

explaining what the text says explicitly

drawing inferences

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text

explain how they are supported by key details hellip to summarize the text

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

chronology

comparison

causeeffect

problemsolution

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic

noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem

5

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

5

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

6

Standards (continued) Date Taught Date Taught Date Reviewed Date Assessed Date Re-Assessed

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a Expand combine and reduce sentences for

meaning readerlistener interest and style

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings a Interpret figurative language including similes

and metaphors in context

b Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

7

5th

Grade ELA Writing Standards ndash Embedded into all Modules Complete Literacy Curriculum Guide for all Standards with Unpacking and Strategies (Compiled from NC DE OH and AZ)

W51 Write opinion pieces on topics or texts supporting a point of view with reasons and information

W51A Introduce a topic or text clearly state an opinion and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writers purpose

W51B Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details

W51C Link opinion and reasons using words phrases and clauses (eg consequently specifically)

W51D Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented

W52 Write informativeexplanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly

W52A Introduce a topic clearly provide a general observation and focus and group related information logically include formatting (eg headings) illustrations

and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension

W52B Develop the topic with facts definitions concrete details quotations or other information and examples related to the topic

W52C Link ideas within and across categories of information using words phrases and clauses (eg in contrast especially)

W52D Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic

W52E Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented

W53 Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique descriptive details and clear event sequences

W53A Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator andor characters organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally

W53B Use narrative techniques such as dialogue description and pacing to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations

W53C Use a variety of transitional words phrases and clauses to manage the sequence of events

W53D Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely

W53E Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events

W54 Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task purpose and audience (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above) W55 With guidance and support from peers and adults develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning revising editing rewriting or trying a new approach W56 With some guidance and support from adults use technology including the Internet to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting

W57 Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic W58 Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work and provide a list of sources W59 Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis reflection and research

W59A Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (eg Compare and contrast two or more characters settings or events in a story or a drama drawing on specific details in the text [eg how characters interact])

W59B Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (eg Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s])

W510 Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks purposes and audiences

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

8

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers will model think-alouds as they read to show students how to gather information from different parts of a text that will support an inference If students read facts about sea turtles laying numerous eggs plus the number of predators and dangers young turtles face they would infer that a percentage of the offspring possibly will not survive to adulthood Students will quote or paraphrase the portions of text that led them to the inference Students use graphic organizers (main topic and supporting facts) to assist them as they take notes

Bio-poem Read all you can about a favorite sports hero author poet illustrator artist or musician Make a chart in your journal that includes the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting After finishing this research create a bio-poem based on the person you chose Make sure you can explain why you chose the words you put into the bio-poem and create a digital presentation of both (RI51 W57 L51a) Create an Inference Chart Create a chart to help students understand the strategy of making inferences based on what is read The chart should have three columns The headers on the columns should read bull What happened bull What does it mean bull Why do you think that In the last column the student should be able to provide specific details examples and quotations from the text to support their claims Sample Questions bull Based on the information in ______ (text title) which car is best for a large family How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why are spiders important How do you know Give specific examples from the article that support your answer bull Which step is most important in road construction How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull Why is it important that birds fly south for the winter How do you know Which sentences from the article support your answer bull As a result of their work what will most likely happen to the snow geese population Which sentences from the article support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities Learn to Cite Evidence from the Text in Your Own Words (video)

Inference

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

Supporting Quote from Text

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

9

CCCS Focus Standards Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Citing Evidence Strategy

Got Evidence Prove it - Citing Evidence Anchor Chart Citing Evidence Key Terms and Phrases

Because hellip

Based on what I read hellip

For instance hellip

The author stated hellip

For example hellip

According to the texthellip

On page _____ it said that hellip

In paragraph ____ it said that hellip

From the reading I knew that hellip

Two different sources told me that hellip

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

10

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

The emphasis of this standard is on identifying main ideas and the supporting details that go with them Students will recognize that there can be multiple important ideas in the text A summary will include the main ideas and details and facts that support them Students use graphic organizers (eg web flowcharts timelines) to assist in arranging details supporting main ideas Students highlight ideas in one color and supporting facts in another color Students retell the topic using information from their notesgraphic organizer

Main Topic

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Supporting Facts

Conclusion

Sample Questions bull What are the two main ideas of the article Which key details in the article support these main ideas bull Summarize the information in the article Famous Scientists Graphic Organizer Since you and your classmates are reading and researching about different scientists keep track of information in similar categories to those listed above in your journal During class discussions we will share our research and create a class chart together (RI51 RI52 RI53)

Lesson Plans and Activities Main Idea and Details Lessons

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

11

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI52 Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Types of Main Idea Questions Anchor Chart

Boxes and Bullets Graphic Organizer May also be used for brainstorming paragraphs and citing evidence to support a claim

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

12

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Students will be able explain and summarize as well as draw conclusions based on the reading Students will have many opportunities to describe cause and effects and the significance of events and the resulting outcome In American History students read about the Tea Act and the Stamp Act when learning about the events leading to the American Revolution The students describe the significance of the events and how they are related based on their reading (SS05S1C401) Students use graphic organizers (two-column notes outlining T-chart web) to visually explain the relationship or interactions Informational Text Graphic Organizer As a class we will keep a chart about the creative and inventive people we have read about the chart will include the following information

Name of your person

Where heshe lived

When heshe lived

What did heshe do that made himher famous

What are some additional facts you found interesting

What adjectives would you use to describe this person Why

Your teacher may ask you to write your own responses on a sticky note on a white board or in your journal and share it with a partner before each section of the class chart is filled in Be sure to include page numbers and the title of the book so you can refer back to the text if needed (RI54 RL59)

Research ProjectMultimedia Presentation Using the internet biographies and an encyclopedia read all you can about an inventor either one wersquove read about together or another of interest (such as Christian Huygens the inventor of the pendulum clock) As a class we will create a timeline of the inventors wersquove studied in order to understand where each inventor ldquolivedrdquo chronologically in history Finally write a short informativeexplanatory piece about an inventor of choice that answers the question ldquoHow do innovators and inventors build on what has come before themrdquo Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class or create a podcast and upload it to the class webpage (RI52 RI59 RI53 W52a b c d e RF54b) Sample Questions bull How did the competition between ____ and ____ lead to the discovery of _____ What specific information from the article supports your answer bull How did the differing opinions of northern and southern states impact the writing of the US Constitution What specific information from the article supports your answer bull Explain how the Boston Massacre and the Boston Tea Party influenced the relationship between England and its colonies in America Use specific information from the article in your explanation bull Explain how light interacts with water during photosynthesis Use specific information from the article in your explanation

Lesson Plans and Activities

Learn How to Sequence Events in a Text (videos)

wwwlearnzillioncom instructional videos 3

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

13

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Sequencing Anchor Charts

Cause and Effect Anchor Charts

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

14

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Students keep word journals or records for easy reference Students complete vocabulary graphic organizers that include non-linguistic representations (drawings) Model the use of context clues to determine the meaning of a word or phrase by

Looking at the illustration or graph

Using background knowledge regarding the subject

Looking at the sentence before and after to help build meaning

Using morphology affixes Greek amp Latin roots to derive meaning

Language ActivityAcrostic Poem Using the formatted Preamble text below give students the following instructions ldquoChoose a key word (in bold) from the Preamble Look up the meaning in the dictionary practice using it in a sentence and then create an acrostic poem showing what the word means Include defining phrases simple similes or synonyms in the poemsrdquo You may want to do one as a class example and then have the students work independently or put the students with partners to complete the task (RI34 W310 L32 L34 W32 SL31)

We the People of the United States in Order to form a more perfect Union establish Justice insure domestic Tranquility provide for the common defense promote the general Welfare and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America

Sample Questions What does the word _____ mean in paragraph 2 bull Which words help the reader understand the meaning of _____ in paragraph 5 bull What does ___ (a general academic wordphrase) mean as it is used in this article How does it help the readerrsquos understanding of the information presented

Lesson Plans and Activities

Lessons and videos for Teaching Context Clues

Context Clues Teaching Tips Lesson Graphic Organizers and Assessment

Context Clues Graphic Organizers and Lesson

Write vocabulary on the board As students read and come a vocabulary word they use context clues and the graphic organizer to determine the wordrsquos meaning Follow up with discussion

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

15

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI54 Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Anchor Charts and Ideas for Context Clues

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

16

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

This standard relates to the identification and analysis of different structures When different formats are used students will make comparisons about how the information is organized and its purpose They can draw conclusions about how the structure impacts what is learned Students compare the structure of history (chronological order) and science texts (organized by concepts) Students may use different graphic organizers depending on the type of informational text (eg Descriptive web Comparison T-chart Sequential flowchart) Students create a journal of different structures and purpose as a resource Students write summaries from their notes including key ideas concepts and conclusion

Class Discussion At the end of the unit we will compare the lives of different characters real and fictional during the Civil War and discuss how they grew because of the conflict they experienced (RI55 RI53 RI57 RI59 RF54a b c) Using a Graphic Organizer Have students create a graphic organizer to comparecontrast ideas concepts causeeffect or information in two or more texts (Based on information under Literacy Reading Strategies K-5 at httpwwwohiorcorgliteracy_k5) Sample Questions Which text was more effective in presenting the events leading up to the war _________ (text title) which used chronological order or ____ (text title) which used a causeeffect structure Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull Which text was more effective in explaining plant and animal cells _________ (text title) which used comparecontrast or ____ (text title) which used description Use examples from the texts to support your opinion bull How is the overall structure used in the explanation of photosynthesis in ______ (text title) and _____ (text title) alike and different Use examples from the texts to support your comparison

Lesson Plans and Activities wwwinternet4classroomscom Text Feature Lessons

ReadWriteThinkorg Text Feature Lesson Plan

Target Fundamental Lesson TF007

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

17

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI55 Compare and contrast the overall structure (eg chronology comparison causeeffect problemsolution) of events ideas concepts or information in two or more texts

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Text Features Anchor Charts

and Activities

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

18

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Students will need experiences with texts with the same topic told from different points of view Use of graphic organizers such as Venn diagrams may support comparing and contrasting Students analyze historical information provided by primary and secondary sources This may include the diaries of two generals (primary sources) and a textbook account (secondary source) of a battle This would represent similarities as well as differences in point of view Point of View Organizer

Subject

Authorrsquos Point of View My Point of View

Evidence Evidence

Word Study As an individual and as a class keep an index card file of words and phrases learned from the stories and poems in this unit especially homonyms (ie sea sea to two too etc) and homophones (ie weather whether) Keeping the words on index cards will help you when we sort words by prefix suffix root words meaning spelling feature etc (Note This will be an ongoing activity all year long) (L54a RI56) Who Said What It is important for readers to become critical consumers of print and nonprint media Bring in news articles and video from multiple news shows that are all focused on the same news event or person Have students read and summarize specific reports in small groups Have groups form jigsaws (one member from each group in a new group) and share their summaries The job of the new group is to compare the ways that perspectives have impacted the reporting of the stories Sample Questions bull After reading multiple accounts of the launching of the space shuttle in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer bull After reading multiple accounts of the Boston Massacre in what ways are they similar and different How are those similarities and differences related to each authorrsquos point of view Use examples from the accounts to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Point of View Lesson and Activities - True Story of the Three Little Pigs

Target Fundamental Lesson AP006

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

19

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI56 Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Point of View Anchor Charts

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

20

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Students are asked to apply their knowledge of print and electronic reference materials Students need to know how to utilize structures that organize information such as indexes table of contents and Internet search engines in order to locate information Students are asked to look for a topic online using their knowledge of Internet search engines and the type of question or search required They must narrow the results to select sources that are reputable and within the source the students evaluate which information is most essential for the question being asked

Multimedia Presentation Read all you can about a Native American nation drawing on information from multiple print or digital sources Write a short informativeexplanatory piece about your nation of choice quoting accurately from the texts Publish it and present it in a multimedia format to the class Sample Questions bull Looking at the indexes of several resources which text would be the best to use to answer a question about rock formation What information in the indexes did you use to make your decision bull Using online databases what is the best way to dispose of hazardous waste Which websites offer the best advice Use examples from the websites to support your answer

Lesson Plans and Activities

Applying P-QAR to Pictures to Understand their Importance Lesson Plan

Learn How to Use the Purpose-Question Answer Response (P-QAR) Strategy to teach Visualizing

Presidential Coin Webquest - Students conduct research on past Presidents to determine which should have a presidential coin made in his image

Target Fundamental Lesson TF006

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

21

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI57 Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

22

cause effect

effect

effect

effect effect

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

This standard focuses on the techniques that an author uses in informational text The author may give background information about causes of an event (reasons) as well as the concrete facts (evidence) surrounding the event Students list reasons and evidence from the text and explain how the evidence supports the authorrsquos point Students complete graphic organizers (eg webs cause amp effect T-chart) to visually organize concepts and show relationships

Cause amp Effect Problem Solution

Informational Text Response After reading My Librarian is a Camel by Margriet Ruurs has your perspective about the school library and access to library books changed What are some ways that the author influenced your thinking Cite specific examples from the text during class discussion In your journal write a response to this question ldquoWhat did you learn from this textrdquo (RI58) Out of Order Take a paragraph or section of text from a novel reading story curriculum textbook etc Divide it into individual sentences placing them on sentence strips Hand the strips out to individual students and have them work together to place them back into sequence giving a rationale for why each was placed where it was Having students provide this justification encourages higher-order thinking skills Sample Questions bull How does the author support the idea that eating breakfast increases student performance in school What examples from the article support your answer bull Which reasons andor evidence provided in the article do a good job of supporting the points the author makes about the importance of homework Why bull Do the reasons andor evidence provided in the article support the points the author is making about eating healthy foods Why or why not bull What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support the points heshe makes about the benefits of exercise How do these reasons andor evidence help the reader understand the points the author makes bull What are the authorrsquos main points What reasons andor evidence does the author provide to support these points

Lesson Plans and Activities Target Fundamental Lesson FO001

MAIN IDEA

or

TOPIC

SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS SUPPORTING FACTS

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

23

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI58 Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own

notes in this section

Lesson Plans and Activities

Use the Graphic Organizer to Decide How the Text is Structured

Graphic Organizers to Identify Text Structure

Exploring Compare and Contrast Test Structure Lesson Plan

wwwstudyzoneorg - Cause and Effect Text Structure

Pinterest Board for Text Structure and Features -

Anchor Charts and Foldables for Reading Journals

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

24

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Prior to reading information from several sources on the same topic students should anticipate categories of information through which to organize their thinking while reading the texts Students combine the information to demonstrate deeper knowledge of the topic This information could be used in the creation of research reports Teachers provide students the topic(s) to choose from and a variety of resources from which they may develop into research (eg conservation recycling ldquoWhat Difference Can One Family Makerdquo) Students integrate the information into a single report Students use Social Studies Standards (eg Strand 1 American History Strand 2 World History Strand 4 Geography) or Science to select appropriate topics

Class Discussion How are the scientists wersquove read about similar How are they different How and why do scientists ldquoplayrdquo (SL51a b RI59)

Picture Book Practice Use two informational pictures books on the same topic to compare the evidence the authors use to support their ideas Students can work in small groups to chart the similarities and differences Repeat this activity before moving students on to more complex text

Sample Questions bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain why exercise is the key to good health bull Given the information presented in multiple texts explain the causes of the American Revolution

Research EssayMultimedia Presentation Write a research essay about an event from the American Revolution highlighting the causes and effects of the conflict Part of your essay should explain the relationship or interaction between individuals or events (Alternately students may choose a person to write about noting how that person contributed to the cause or to the resolution of this historical conflict) Present this report in a multimedia format to the class (W57 RI53 W52a b c d e SL54 SL55 L51a b c d L52a b c)

Something Happened And Then Use Rick Wormelirsquos strategy to help a writer narrow focus or to help a reader summarize what has been read before they begin writing about it Provide the following set of prompts to students before learning occurs bull Something (independent variable) bull Happened (change in that independent variable) bull And (effect on the dependent variable) bull Then (conclusion)

Once students have completed their reading or have researched the topic about which they want to write have them complete the sentence and use it as a basis for further discussion or writing

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

25

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

RI59 Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Collections of Books and Rewards

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

26

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the parts of speech through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers and students will be aware that grammatical errors such as shifts in verb tense may frequently occur in student writing Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students can practice editing pieces to ensure consistent usage Students need regular exposure to grammar and usage through direct instruction The students should have a variety of opportunities to participate in grammar and usage activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals for easy resource

Visit wwwyoutubecom for videos

Travel Guides Assign students to small groups Have each group work together to make a travel brochure for the land of grammar Individual towns could be named Verb Noun and Pronoun The brochures should describe what makes each town unique or special Student groups acting as tour guides can teach the grammatical structure by taking classmates on a virtual tour of their town Lesson Plans and Activities

School House Rock Conjunction Junction Whatrsquos Your Function Video wwwyoutubecom

Use acronym FANBOYS (for and nor but or yet so) to list conjunctions

Use short text or page in the novel to teach standard o Students search for sentences in the text

containing the part of speech required o Students combine simple sentences found

within text to create compound and complex sentences

o Students identify verbs in texts and discuss how the tense relates to the passage

Write for a purpose Students respond to a short prompt with a Quick Write

o A) Students write and share sentences using conjunctions prepositions and interjections correctly

o B) To use verb tense correctly students write 3 perspectives of a weekend activity (future tense present tense and past tense)

o C) To use correlative conjunctions students write persuasively why they do not want a curfew on the weekend

wwwinternet4classrooms 91 lesson plans for L51

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

27

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L51 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking a)--Explain the function of conjunctions prepositions and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences

b)--Form and use the perfect (eg I had walked I have walked I will have walked) verb tenses

d)--Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense

e)--Use correlative conjunctions (eg eitheror neithernor)

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Readerrsquos and Writerrsquos Journal

Pinterest Board with Parts of Speech and Conventions Anchor Charts and Foldables

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

28

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers can demonstrate the use of the conventions through modeling identifying use in literature and providing opportunities for correcting samples Teachers provide sentences phrases or passages for students to identify and correct errors Teachers provide sentence-stems for students to practice correct Standard English grammar orally and in writing Teacher creates word wallsresource walls of common conventions for easy resource Students need regular exposure to appropriate conventions through direct instruction The students will have a variety of opportunities to participate in capitalization punctuation and spelling activities which increase in complexity through the year Students create grammar journals as an easy resource

NarrativeMultimedia Presentation A culminating project is for you to write your own coming of age multimedia presentation You can create an iMovie write a poem write a song start a blog etc Create a character with an obstacle to overcome How does heshe overcome it The presentation should begin with an introduction that answers the essential question ldquoHow can literature help us understand what it means to lsquogrow uprsquordquo Use a variety of words that wersquove learned and studied throughout the year and work with your classmates revise edit and publish your work online (W53a b c d e W56 W58 W59a b RI510 SL55 SL56 L53 SL55 L51 L52a b c d e L53a b L56) Punctuation PowerPoint Discuss and share the teacher-created Capitalization and Punctuation PowerPoint httpclassroomjc-schoolsnetlaactivitiescapital-punct_filesframehtm Have students work in small groups to create a PowerPoint about a specific grammatical or mechanical structure

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

29

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L52 Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization punctuation and spelling when writing a)--Use punctuation to separate items in a series

b)--Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence

c)--Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (eg Yes thank you) to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (eg Itrsquos true isnrsquot it) and to indicate direct address (eg Is that you Steve)

d)--Use underlining quotation marks or italics to indicate titles of works

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

30

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

The emphasis of this standard is student awareness of the power of written and spoken language and how to use it effectively to enhance the message Word choice reflects the writerrsquos use of specific words and phrases to convey the intended message and employs a variety of words that are functional and appropriate to the audience and purpose Students highlight punctuation that creates special effect or voice to the passage Students create a special effect in a passage by changing the punctuation

Partner Conversation Pair up with a partner who read a different coming of age novel than you did Collaboratively generate interview questions and then participate in mock interviews where you pretend to be the main character in the book you read (such as Mary Lennox from The Secret Garden Sal from Walk Two Moonscedil or Mayo Cornelius from MC Higgins the Great) Write about what you learned from your interview and then have your partner check it for accuracy (Alternately write interview questions for the author of your book and conduct research online to see if you can find answers to your questions for the author) (L53a b RL53 SL56) Focus Correction Areas This strategy is based on the Collins Writing Program Focus Correction Areas encourage students to improve their writing by focusing in on a key aspect of their writing (a targeted writing skill) By using the Focus Correction Area approach students concentrate on improving only a few skills at a time For example a focus area might be bull Using content-specific vocabulary accurately bull Using audience catchers ndash first lines that grab the attention of the readerlistener bull Including graphicsillustrations I Can See A Rainbow Give students multiple colors of highlighters Have them color-code sentence types in a piece of their own writing (ie sentences that start with a noun declarative sentences questions complex sentences) using a different color for each sentence type If students canrsquot see a rainbow they know they are not varying their sentence types

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

31

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L53 Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing speaking reading or listening a)--Expand combine and reduce sentences for meaning readerlistener interest and style

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities and Anchor Charts

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

32

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings c Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

d Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

This standard emphasizes the non-literal interpretations of language which are applied to derive meaning from text Through read-aloud stories teacher modeling and active engagement students will further develop their understanding of figurative language Students will interpret words in many contexts Students highlight and discuss figurative language as it is encountered in text Students illustrate the literal and figurative meanings of figurative language (eg He lost his head running on empty frog in my throat) Students research the origins of selected idioms to reinforce their meanings

In a Pickle and Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban More Parts Tedd Arnold Mad as a Wet Hen And Other Funny Idioms Marvin Terban Eight Ate A Feast of Homonym Riddles Marvin Terban Pitch and Throw Grasp and Know What is a Synonym Brian Cleary Antonyms Synonyms amp Homonyms Kim Rayevsky Stroll and Walk Babble and Talk More About Synonyms (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary Stop and Go Yes and No What Is an Antonym (Words Are Categorical) Brian P Cleary

DramatizationFluency Choose a poem to perform interpretively from the suggested list or write your own Memorization is not required but optional for this performance (Alternately pair with a partner where one of you learns the Lewis Carroll version and one learns the original Perform both versions for the class and then discuss how knowing the original helps us to appreciate the parody even more) (L55a b c SL56) Linear Arrays This is a strategy for extending vocabulary by asking students to extend their understanding of words through using opposites on each end of a line and add words that vary in shades of meaning between the two opposites For example rarr rarr rarr Hot Warm Mild Cool Cold

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

33

CCCS Focus Standards

Explanation of Standard Instructional Activities and Strategies

L55 Demonstrate understanding of figurative language word relationships and nuances in word meanings e Interpret figurative language

including similes and metaphors in context

f Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms adages and proverbs

Teachers ndash Please feel free to include your own notes in

this section

Pinterest Board for figurative-language-vocabulary

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

34

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

Pre-Reading Activities Guide for Book with Activities

The Gun That Killed Lincoln

Engage students in the authorrsquos compelling

story about why he wrote this best-selling

book Project the print of Boothrsquos Derringer

pistol framed by a newspaper of the time

onto a whiteboard or screen Read aloud

from the beginning pages of the book to

learn why James L Swanson was captivated

by the assassination of Abraham Lincoln

Preview Primary Sources

Read aloud the paragraph above the

authorrsquos photo beginning ldquoAll this is truerdquo

Explain that James Swanson researched

primary sources to write the book These are

sources of information that provide first-

hand accounts or direct evidence concerning

Lincolnrsquos assassination Primary sources are

created by witnesses or recorders who

actually experienced the event or the

manhunt of John Wilkes Booth Ask students

to go through the book to find the pages

that show photographs or written records

that the author used as primary sources The

sources include manuscripts transcripts

documents engravings pamphlets and

photographs

Writing

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

35

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

As You Read the Book Textual Analysis - Comprehension Questions

Lesson Plan

Modeled Reading

Read aloud to students from pages titled

ldquoFrom 1801 Through 1805rdquo found in the

beginning pages of the book Encourage

students to ask questions to clarify their

understanding Consider reading aloud the

ldquoProloguerdquo on pages 1ndash8 that introduces the

two main historical figures in the book

Independent Reading

Guide students who can read this book

independently to pace their reading by

chunking the book into three to six reading

sessions depending on the allotted reading

time per session Prompt students to work

with partners at the end of a section by

asking clarifying questions and sharing

reactions about the text

Big Question Critical Thinking

Ask students to think about this question as

they read Write the question on chart paper

or the whiteboard Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

Comprehension Focus

Writing Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 1 Write a summary of chapter 1 and evaluate the authors writing Pick out your favorite sentence or two to share with the group quote it and then explain why you chose the passage you did

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 2-3 Describe the actions of Booth and his conspirators on the night of April 14 1865 What actually happened

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 4-5 Describe the route that Booth took when escaping Washington DC Was it the path that he planned to take Why or why not Who did he meet along the way and why did they help him

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 6-7 Go back and study the document on page 104 and reread the caption How was news reported during the late 1800s How is that different from today Describe what happens to the conspirators in chapters 6-7 being sure to explain the role of the new character who is introduced

Chasing Lincolns Killer Ch 8-10 Describe the events of these chapters from Booths point of view You may use first person

Vocabulary

conspirator (p 8)

assassinate (p 26)

avenge (p 43)

accomplice (p 73)

investigate (p 81)

detective (p 91)

sympathizer (p 96)

execution (p 187)

Arts

Slideshow of Abraham Lincoln

Guide students to view a slideshow of

famous photographs on the Library of

Congress website Encourage them to

take notes about the photos from the

descriptions they can access by clicking

the button in the upper right hand

corner Then have students present the

slideshow to the rest of the class while

narrating the photos from their notes

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

36

Sequence of Events

Remind students that the book covers only

12 days in the history of the United States

The author goes deep into the events of

each day to tell the story of the manhunt

that led to the apprehension of Lincolnrsquos

assassin The events of each day are told in

the sequence or order in time that they

happened Explain that it is important to

identify the relationship of events that

follow one another to see why and how they

happened

Use Sequence of Events Recording Sheet to

help students identify the relationship

between the historical events in the book

Pass out copies of the organizer and model

for students how to identify the connection

between the first and second event on the

night of the assassination Have students

volunteer the connections between the

remaining sequence of events

Model

This sequence of events begins with Booth

entering the outer part of Lincolnrsquos theater

box The next event is that he waits for the

right moment to shoot Lincoln What is the

connection between these events I know

Booth is able to take his time and wait

because there is no one guarding the

President Booth even puts a rod through

the doors to keep other people out of the

box

Reading Then Writing

At almost every stage in the timeline

of events a person could have made

a choice that wouldve changed the

events of history (including avoiding

Lincolns assassination) As you read

make a list of these people and their

decisions

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

37

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS)

EXTENDED TEXT

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer By James L Swanson

After You Read Questions to Discuss

Lead students in a discussion of these focus

story elements

1 Primary Sources

What different kinds of information are

given by a diary entry and a newspaper

article (The diary entry has more personal

information including emotions the

newspaper article contains facts) Which do

you think is a better historical source

(Answers will vary)

2 Sequence of Events

How might the sequence of events been

changed if John Wilkes Booth had not

broken his leg (He may have been able to

move more quickly and escape into the

South before being caught)

3 Word Families

What did John Wilkes Booth decide about

how he wanted to die Answer using the

word family for execute (He decided he

wanted to die right away rather than be

executed by hanging He did not want his

execution to be a public spectacle)

Questions to Share

Writing Social Studies

Primary Sources

Ask students to choose ten primary

sources that would tell about their

lives for a future generation Remind

students that a primary source

includes items such as videos

photographs songs letters clothing

and newspaper articles After they

choose the ten primary sources ask

students to explain what information

the sources reveal

Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt Each pair of students will Write a summary of the day that they illustrate with the timeline

Lincolns Killer ndash News Article Write a short news article on the capture of Lincolns assassin Describe what happens to him and the other conspirators Write it from the view point of a Union reporter

Write your own biography

James Swanson has an amazing ability

to present nonfiction historical

material like a fiction storyteller

Using your favorite chapter as a

Geography

The Assassinrsquos Route

On the last page of the book a drawing

shows the route that John Wilkes Booth

traveled on for 12 days after the

assassination Challenge students to

trace the same route on a contemporary

map of the area or using Google Maps

Point out that names of places have

changed but the geography of the

Potomac River and its environs remains

more or less the same History

A Virtual Tour of Fordrsquos Theater

Guide students to this virtual tour of

Fordrsquos Theater It includes photos of the

theater today as well as many artifacts

and primary sources from the time of

President Lincolnrsquos assassination Art

A Timeline of the Manhunt

Have the class create an illustrated time

line of the important events in the 12

days of the assassination and manhunt

Divide students into pairs and provide

copies of the Timeline Recording Sheet

and assign each pairs one of the 12 days

Ask students to illustrate and describe

the events of the day including the

actions in Washington and the

manhunters as well as the actions of

Booth and his co-conspirators Have

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

38

Encourage students to share their responses with a partner or small group

1 Text to Self

If you had been alive at the time of Lincolnrsquos

assassination how do you think you would

have felt How would you have felt about

John Wilkes Booth How would you have

felt about his end (Answers will vary)

2 Text to World

What historical event which occurred in your

lifetime reminds you of something that

happened in Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer How

are they the same and different (Answers

will vary)

3 Text to Text

Compare Chasing Lincolnrsquos Killer with your

history books in school Describe two ways

that they are different (Answers will vary)

Critical Thinking

Give each student an opportunity to answer

the big question Encourage students to

support their answers with details and

evidence from the text Tell them there is no

one right answer Did John Wilkes Booth

accomplish his goal

mentor text write your own retelling

of a historical event

students combine their organizers into a

12-day visual timeline of the events

STANDARDS SHORT TEXTS ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

39

MINI-LESSON IDEAS RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Just in Time Abraham Lincoln by Patricia Polacco Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Language RenLearn Reading Performance Task ndash 5

th grade

ldquoClimbing the Mountainrdquo Explain the meanings of simple similes and metaphors Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 16 Story Read ldquoMr Tanenrsquos Tie Troublerdquo Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquordquoVaqueros Americarsquos First Cowboys

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

40

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Lincoln and Douglass An American Friendship by Nikki Giovanni Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 15 Story Read ldquoWe Were There Toordquo and ldquoThe Midnight Ride of Paul Revererdquo

(CCCS FOCUS STANDARDS) SHORT TEXT ROUTINE WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

41

MINI-LESSON IDEAS

RI51 Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text RI52 Determine two or more main idea and explain how they are supported by key details summarize the text RI53 Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals events ideas or concepts in a historical scientific or technical text based on specific information in the text RI54 Determine the meaning of general academics and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area

Abersquos Honest Words by Doreen Rappaport Reading Mini-lesson CompareContrast the ways in which fictional and informational texts treat historical texts

Reading Performance Task RenLearn ndash 5

th grade

ldquoDo Dolphins Have Their Own Languagerdquo Citing evidence from nonfiction text to support an opinion

Writing Analyze the pictures in the story How do the pictures support the authorrsquos depiction of what really happened Explain how these elements and features provide important information and help the readers follow the sequence of events Give specific examples of authorrsquos use of these elements Analyze the quotes in the story Explain how the use of Lincolnrsquos quotes affect the storytelling

Textbook Journeys Lesson 24 Story Read ldquo Rachelrsquos Journalrdquo

WRITING WORKSHOP NARRATIVE WRITING MINI OPINION WRITING RELATED RESOURCES

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

42

(Management Conventions Process Mini Lesson Ideas) - CCCS

LESSON IDEAS MINI LESSONS

Conventions Lessons Students use linking words and phrases (eg because therefore since for example first next then and finally) Provide a concluding statement or section Writing Management Lesson Peer Editing Peer Editing Lessons

Point of View Lessons Day 1

The teacher will model taking the point of view of one of the figures in the text

The teacher will use a graphic organizer that includes beginning middle and end and uses transition words such as first next then and finally

During work time the students will plan a narrative using the selected narrative graphic organizer from a different figurersquos point of view

Day 2

The teacher will model using the graphic organizer to draft a narrative about ________ from ______rsquos point of view The teacher will use transition words

During work time the students will draft about a ______ from __________point of view The teacher will conference with students and scaffold them as they use transition words in their writing

Day 3

The teacher will model the revision process

The students will revise their

OREO Writing Lesson Opinion ndash State Opinion Reason ndash Give Reason Example Give An Example Explain ndash Provide an Explanation Opinion ndash Restate your Opinion After reading the texts during reading workshop the teacher and students will spend time comparing and contrasting the_____________ and the ____________ The teacher will model planning an opinion piece about whether heshe would like to be ________________(choose one of the things compared) The teacher will use the OREO writing graphic organizer to plan the piece The students will plan an opinion piece about whether or not they would want prefer ________________ to _______________ Day 1 Model Planning ndash students plan Day 2 Model Drafting ndash students draft Day 3 Model Revising ndash students revise Conference Day 4 Model Editing ndash students edit Conference Day 5 Publish if chosen

Pinterest Board with Writing Activities

Lessons and Anchor Charts

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process

43

writing The teacher will conference with the students

Day 4

The teacher will model the Peer Editing process

The students will Peer Edit Day 5 Publish if chosen

How to manage where all students are in the writing process